Downloaded 26 times
Cititorul din pestera alexandra
- 1.
- 2. Soft educaţional realizat decătre eleva Strugaru Alexandra Profesori coordonatori: Căruntu Maria Brădăţan Claudiţa Colegiul Naţional Mihai Eminescu Suceava
- 3. Motto: “Ca şi oamenii,cărţile au enigmele şi vicleniile lor. Crezi că le stăpâneşti, citindu-le, şi ,în realitate, ele se joacă cu tine, te ademenesc sau te resping, ţi se dezvăluie sau ţi se refuză , secrete, fermecătoare, cochete. Uneori ai impresia că ele te citesc pe tine mult mai bine decât le poţi citi tu pe ele.” (Nicolae Manolescu, Lectura pe înţelesul tuturor) Invitaţie la lectură Trepte ale receptării Structura cărţii Problematica romanului Personajele romanului Dovedeşte că ai citit! La bibliotecă, printre cărţi Din carte adunate...
- 4. RUI ZINK ,născut în capitala Portugaliei , la 16 iunie 1961, a devenit un cunoscut profesor de literatură la Universitatea Nouă din Lisabona şi un îndrăgit scriitor contemporan. ”- Sigur, învăţasem de la Anibalector dragostea de cărţi şi de cuvânt.” Invitaţie la lectură
- 5. Cititorul din peşteră “Povesteaasta s-a petrecut acum mai bine de treizeci de ani. Părinţii mei tocmai terminaseră divorţul, lucru de care nu-mi păsa prea mult, în afară de faptul că, în toiul micului lor război personal, aveau încă mai puţin timp, să mă piseze. Eu umblam de colo- colo cam pierdut şi, când m-am regăsit, eram membrul unei bande de mici găinari...” Aşa începe romanul. Îmi place că perspectiva narativă este subiectivă. Îmi pare rău că acest copil trece prin aşa o traumă, ajunge debusolat şi intră într-o bandă de hoţi. Crâmpeie dintr-un jurnal cu dublă intrare Rui Zink
- 6. “Unul din pereţiipeşterii are o enormă cocoaşă, o stâncă neagră, proeminentă. Deodată, stânca se mişcă. Aaah! Ţipătul îmi rămâne sechestrat în gâtlej. În schimb, inima ameninţă să-mi sară din piept şi să explodeze în toate direcţiile.” Am ales această secvenţă din roman, deoarece ea cuprinde punctul culminant al acestui capitol şi descrie întâlnirea personajului narator cu Anibalector, monstrul - cititor de pe Insula din Marea Uitării.
- 7. Problematica romanuluiTeme precum:lectura, criza lecturii în societatea contemporană, rolul cărţii în modelarea fiinţei umane, condiţia scriitorului sunt dezvoltate în roman printr-o ţesătură ingenioasă de motive literare. călătoria iniţiatică relaţia libertate/ captivitate prietenia biblioteca personajul fabulos peştera trecerea dificilă a probelor aventura pe mare conflictul dintre generaţii
- 8. Romanul a apărutîn 2006, cu ocazia Zilei Mondiale a Lecturii. Cartea-microroman structurat în trei părţi, cu titluri având o valoare simbolică: Călătoria Insula Întoarcerea Naraţiunea este subiectivă, cu focalizare internă Personajul-narator evocă aventura vieţii lui, plasată temporal la vârsta adolescenţei: cititul cărţilor. Structura cărţii
- 9. Perspectiva temporală -naraţiunea ulterioară, predominantă înconstrucţia textului epic, alternează cu revenirea din când în când la prezentul narării.
- 10. Pentru ascăpa de razia gărzii regale, personajul-narator se ascunde pe un vas din chei şi adoarme. Se trezeşte apoi în largul mării. Echipajul vasului a pornit într-o călătorie, pentru a captura un monstru legendar, care iubea cărţile. Acela era ANIBALECTOR. Partea I: CĂLĂTORIA
- 11. PARTEA a II-a:INSULA Din cauza unei furtuni, corabia pe care se afla adolescentul naufragiază, iar personajul, printr-o spirală a timpului ajunge pe o insulă, într-o peşteră imensă, plină de oseminte şi cărţi. Singurul locuitor al insulei era Anibalector. Acesta a învăţat mai întâi să citească, apoi să vorbească. Cunoştea mai multe limbi din cărţile naufragiaţilor. Anibalector l-a lăsat în viaţă pe băiat cu o condiţie: să citească ce-i recomandă el şi să discute despre cărţile lecturate.
- 12. PARTEA a III-a: ÎNTOARCEREA Echipajul vasului a venit pe insulă, pentru a-l salva pe băiat, dar şi pentru a-l captura pe Anibalector. Monstrul a fost prins şi închis la Grădina Zoologică.
- 13. • Prietenul săul-a ajutat să evadeze, dar nu a plecat împreună cu el, deoarece a dorit să rămână alături de fata de care se îndrăgostise. • Adolescentul a fost judecat pentru fapta sa şi a primit ca pedeapsă pe viaţă o muncă pentru comunitate: a devenit scriitor.
- 14. Personajele romanului o personajfantastic, o ”o brută păroasă, care citeşte”; o ”o vietate de o forţă neobişnuită”; o personal ciudat, retras pe Insula pierdută în Marea Uitării; o ”monstru de erudiţie”; o mentorul adolescentului naufragiat pe insulă; Anibalector
- 15. o raportat lasensul parabolic al cărţii, Anibalector reprezintă: • cititorul pasionat de cărţi, instruit, lectorul experimentat, omul care preţuieşte valorile spirituale; • înţeleptul care se retrage în ”peştera” singurătăţii, ca să nu deranjeze o lume debusolată
- 16. personaj realist,”rotund” (surprins în evoluţie, de la ipostaza puştiului fluşturatic şi nesigur, fără repere, la început, până la condiţia tânărului serios, capabil, educat) protagonist al unei călătorii cu valoare iniţiatică adolescentul scăpat de sub autoritatea părinţilor, afectat de estomparea iubirii şi a armoniei familiale; Eroul - narator:
- 17. tânărul care preferă televizorul,nu biblioteca, dar la întâlnirea cu un ”profesor” bun, descoperă dragostea de cărţi şi de cuvânt; în planul simbolic al cărţii- fiinţa umană ( pelerin pe marea vieţii), aflată la vârsta atât de dificilă a adolescenţei.
- 18. Trepte ale receptării Lecturacărţii în cheie parabolică Supravieţuirea prin lectură/cultură Rolul formativ al lecturii în grăbita şi tehnologizata noastră epocă Un cititor experimentat poate deveni sfătuitor al unuia începător. Mentorul poate fi prietenos sau sever, chiar ameninţător.
- 19. Lectura nu edoar divertisment facil, ci un efort sistematic. Unul dintre scopurile lecturii este schimbul de idei. Pasiunea pentru cărţi se deprinde prin exerciţiul îndelung al lecturii şi prin frecventarea capodoperelor. Şi cel mai neînsemnat adolescent poate găsi calea cărţilor, pe care, odată pornit, n-o mai abandonează.
- 20. Dovedeşte că aicitit! Test de evaluare 1. Anibalector, personaj principal al romanului semnat de Rui Zink, este: a. bibliotecar-şef la Curtea regală b. responabil al gărzilor regale c. consilier de lectură pentru personajul - narator al cărţii Corect Greşit Greşit a. marinarul Keequog 2. Personajul care are corpul tatuat cu versuri este: c. căpitanul vasului pe care ajunge adolescentul b. monstrul Anibalector Corect Greşit Greşit
- 21. 3. Expediţia maritimă iniţiatăîn scopul capturării mostrului transporta cărţi. a. adevărat b. fals Corect Greşit Greşit c. Simte nevoia să discute cu cineva, să schimbe idei. a. Mai întâi, a învăţat să vorbească, apoi să citească b. Are o familie destul de numeroasă. Corect Greşit Greşit 5. Ajuns pe insula din Marea Uitării, personajul-narator află despre Anibalector multe informaţii surprinzătoare: 4. Despre şeful echipajului plecat în căutarea lui Anibalector se spune că şi-a pierdut un picior, în timp ce urmărea o balenă albă, ca şi căpitanul Ahab, eroul romanului Moby Dick, de Herman Melville. b. adevărata. fals CorectGreşit d. Când are timp liber, confecţionează jucării.
- 22. 6. Adolescentul începesă lectureze cărţile recomandate de către Anibalector. Dintre volumele care îl impresionează în mod deosebit, unul l-a făcut să plângă (o carte despre nişte bărbaţi care n-au fost niciodată copii). c. Anibalector a refuzat să vorbească în public, devenind tot mai apatic şi dezinteresat de cărţi. a. Personajul - narator ajunge amiral-şef al corăbiilor regatului. b. Anibalector începe să-şi scrie memoriile. Corect Greşit Greşit 7. După ce monstrul este capturat şi închis la Grădina Zoologică din oraşul natal al adolescentului, au loc câteva evenimente ciudate. b. adevărat CorectGreşit a. fals
- 23. 8. După cea fost ajutat de către adolescent să scape, Anibalector recunoaşte că ar fi reuşit şi singur să iasă din captivitate, dacă ar fi vrut. c. o descriere amănunţită a insulei unde trăia Anibalector a. o fabulă b. o scrisoare a personajului-narator către Anibalector Corect Greşit Greşit 9. Ultima pagină a romanului conţine: a. adevărat Corect Greşit b. fals Greşit d. o legendă despre un călugăr flămând şi supa nemaipomenită, pe care acesta a făcut-o pornind de la o piatră
- 24. Copiii mai puţinatraşi de lectură, citind acest roman, şi-ar putea schimba opţiunile ? Subiecte de reflecţie De ce ”învăţăcelul” aflat într-o situaţie-limită, între viaţă şi moarte, nu are de ales în relaţia cu monstrul ? Consideraţi deznodământul cărţii pesimist, având în vedere imaginea scriitorului „ocnaş” ?
- 25.
- 26. ”-Într-o zi, tinereşi descreierat mic, vei învăţa că lucrurile cel mai importante în viaţă sunt cele care nu servesc la nimic.” ”Pentru Anibalector, o carte era o întâlnire între două voci: a noastră şi a cărţii.” ”Cartea ne obligă să călătorim, televiziunea, să rămânem gură- cască.”
Editor's Notes
- #2 Animated open book effect(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce thefirst shape in the Book cover group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following: In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Right (first row, fourth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 0°. Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the slider. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors,click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors,click Red, Accent 2, Darker 25%(fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click 3-DFormat in the left pane, and then in the 3-DFormat pane, do the following:Under Bevel, click the button next to Top, and then under Bevel click Circle (first row, first option from the left). Next to Top, in the Width box, enter 4 pt, and in the Height box, enter 4 pt.Under Surface, click the button next to Material, and then under Standard click WarmMatte (second option from the left).Also under Surface, click the button next to Lighting, and then under Neutral, click ThreePoint (first row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the rounded rectangle until the left edge is against thevertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce thesecond shape in the Book cover group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then clickDuplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate rectangle untilthe left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide. Click Align Middle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 0.73”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following: In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the slider. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors,clickBlack, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 50%.Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors,clickBlack, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 100%.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click 3-DFormat in the left pane. In the 3-D Format pane, under Bevel, click the button next to Top, and then under NoBevel, click None.To reproduce thethird shape (first small rectangle on the book spine) in the Book cover group on this slide, do the following:Select the first, larger rectangle on the slide. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.Select the third, duplicate rectangle.Under Drawing tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.08”. In the Shape Width box, enter 0.73”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following: In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Diagonal (first row, third option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 135°.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click 3-DFormat in the left pane, and then in the 3-D Format pane, do the following:Under Bevel, next to Top, in the Width box, enter 3 pt, and in the Height box, enter 3 pt.Under Surface, click the button next to Lighting, and then under Neutral click Soft (first row, third option from the left).To reproduce therest of the shapes (other small rectangles on the book spine) in the Book cover group on this slide, do the following:Select the third, smaller rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of four thin, rounded rectangles. To position the four thin, rounded rectangles on the book spine, do the following:Drag the first rectangle 1.75” above the horizontal drawing guide, with the left edge touching the vertical drawing guide.Drag the second rectangle 0.75” above the horizontal drawing guide, with the left edge touching the vertical drawing guide.Drag the third rectangle 0.75” below the horizontal drawing guide, with the left edge touching the vertical drawing guide.Drag the fourth rectangle 1.75” below the horizontal drawing guide, with the left edge touching the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Book cover. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left pagesgroup on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following: In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°. Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors,click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors,click Red Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane, and then in the LineColor pane, select No line.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical guideline.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left pages group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following: In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°. Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under ThemeColors, click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under ThemeColors, click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under ThemeColors, click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under ThemeColors, click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under ThemeColor,s click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane, and then in the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge touches the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.Press and hold CTRL, and then in the Selection and Visibility task pane, select the rectangle and the rounded rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility task pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left pages.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right pages with text group, do the following:In the SelectionandVisibility task pane, select the Inside-left pages group. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility task pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right pages.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. To reproduce the text effects in the Inside-rightpages with text group, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw a text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. (Note: To reproduce the example above, enter Introduction.) On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 1” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right pages with text group, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under ThemeColors, click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility task pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select all six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then clickAlign Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then clickDistribute Horizontally. Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group.On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility taskpane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right pages group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility task pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right pages with text.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Book cover group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Bring to Front.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left pages group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Book cover group. On the Animations tab, in the AdvancedAnimation group, click AddAnimation, point to Exit, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.On the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 second.Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left pages group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, lick AddAnimation, point to Entrance, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the AddEntranceEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.On the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, select 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors,click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color list, and then under Theme Colors,clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, second option from the left).
- #3 Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
- #4 Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
- #5 Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
- #6 Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
- #7 Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
- #8 Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
- #9 Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
- #10 Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
- #11 Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
- #12 Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
- #13 Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
- #14 Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
- #15 Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
- #16 Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
- #17 Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
- #18 Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
- #19 Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
- #20 Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
- #21 Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
- #22 Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
- #23 Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
- #24 Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
- #25 Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
- #26 Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
- #27 Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).